Changed links from figs-inclusive to figs-exclusive (#1755)

Changed links from figs-inclusive to figs-exclusive

Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1755
Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2021-04-14 15:32:18 +00:00
parent 05f738ac28
commit c48d7fc4d3
26 changed files with 126 additions and 126 deletions

View File

@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This ca
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-inclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς δὲ 1 After he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 there arose a great storm on the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered with the waves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον 1 woke him up, saying, “Save us, Lord Possible meanings are (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us.”
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-inclusive σῶσον…ἀπολλύμεθα 1 Save us…we are about to die If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive σῶσον…ἀπολλύμεθα 1 Save us…we are about to die If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are about to die “we are going to die”
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the disciples”
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Why are you afraid, you of little faith? Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid…faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of…faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ MAT 17 3 axr5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the s
MAT 17 3 n63y αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to Peter, James, and John.
MAT 17 3 sde3 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him “with Jesus”
MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answered and said “said.” Peter is not responding to a question.
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 17 5 cek4 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them “came over them”
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice out of the cloud Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to JerusalemAs Jesus was going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going up Jesus uses the word “See” to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-inclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 Son of Man…him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον 1 t
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they woke him up The word “they” refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-inclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Silence! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm “a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ MRK 9 3 gp48 οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύνατ
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη…Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: “two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word “they” refers to Elijah and Moses.
MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Peter answered and said to Jesus “Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word “answered” is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
305 MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
306 MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they woke him up The word “they” refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
307 MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
308 MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
309 MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Silence! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310 MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm “a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
311 MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
668 MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη…Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: “two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
669 MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word “they” refers to Elijah and Moses.
670 MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Peter answered and said to Jesus “Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word “answered” is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
671 MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
672 MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
673 MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
674 MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”

View File

@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ LUK 7 2 zm98 figs-activepassive ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος 1 who was
LUK 7 3 l349 διασώσῃ 1 save In this context, the word **save** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “heal”
LUK 7 4 hm7l παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως 1 they asked him earnestly Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
LUK 7 4 y6vt writing-pronouns ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 He is worthy The term **he** here refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 7 5 cny7 figs-inclusive τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation This refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
LUK 7 5 cny7 figs-exclusive τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation This refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 7 6 l350 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to show that Jesus went with the elders either after they pleaded with him, which ULT indicates with “Then,” or because they pleaded with him, which UST indicates with “So.” Use the expression in your translation that you think will be clearest for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 7 6 s5xg ἐπορεύετο 1 went on his way Alternate translation: “went along”
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν…ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 not far away from the house Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ LUK 12 40 p1y9 figs-idiom ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε 1 in that hour you
LUK 12 40 dw4h figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming Jesus is referring to himself here in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 12 40 l807 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 41 i9d2 writing-participants εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter said Luke says this to reintroduce **Peter** as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 12 41 l808 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us By **us**, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So **us** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
LUK 12 41 l808 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us By **us**, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So **us** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 12 41 l809 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 everyone Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 12 42 l810 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Luke refers to Jesus here by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
LUK 12 42 g8lu figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος 1 Who then is the faithful, wise manager Jesus uses a question to answer Peters question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking alo
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do Gods work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do Gods work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
651 JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
652 JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
653 JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654 JHN 9 4 h231 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
655 JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
656 JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
657 JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖ
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel “to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel”
ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md).
ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος…ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus Christ is the stone…which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 4 11 f1nx κεφαλὴν 1 head Here the word “head” means “most important” or “vital.”
@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ ACT 7 15 w2sm ἐτελεύτησεν 1 he died Make sure it does not sound as
ACT 7 15 fe56 αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 he and our fathers “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors”
ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive καὶ μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 They were carried over…and laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacobs descendants carried Jacobs body and his sons bodies over…and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver “with money”
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 7 17 tuq2 1 As the time of the promise…the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
ACT 7 18 whe7 ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος 1 there arose another king “another king began to rule”
@ -1015,12 +1015,12 @@ ACT 11 12 xrc6 οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι 1 These six brothers
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the mans house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter “Simon who is also called Peter.” See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 11 15 a8jw ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 11 15 th4m ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 Then if God gave to them…who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them…I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντε
ACT 13 15 td4h ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers The term “brothers” is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement “if you want to say anything to encourage us”
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it “please speak it” or “please tell it to us”
ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 13 16 tbc4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 13 16 p93q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israels history.
ACT 13 16 i8pz translate-symaction κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ 1 motioned with his hand This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moved his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 13 16 rh93 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 you who honor God This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God”
@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ ACT 13 17 aaj5 τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 made the people numerous “ca
ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm This refers to Gods mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 13 17 b74t ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 out of it “out from the land of Egypt”
ACT 13 18 zv9e ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them”
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 13 19 nvp7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 13 19 h5qg ἔθνη 1 nations Here the word “nations” refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries.
ACT 13 20 m4jd ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 took about 450 years “took more than 450 years to accomplish”
ACT 13 20 abcm ἔδωκεν 1 he gave them “God gave them”
@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John
ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Messiah will soon come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie “I am not worthy even to untie his shoes.” The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 13 26 kci9 ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 Brothers, children of the line of Abraham…who worship God Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the message about this salvation has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word “salvation” can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1429,12 +1429,12 @@ ACT 14 19 t8mg νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι 1 thinkin
ACT 14 20 pan3 τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the disciples These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
ACT 14 20 aqx3 εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 entered the city “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers”
ACT 14 20 e2y9 ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην 1 he went to Derbe with Barnabas “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe”
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city “Derbe” ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here “souls” refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith “encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus”
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote, “saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” The word “we” here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” Some version translate this as an indirect quote, “saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.” The word “we” here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
ACT 14 23 mqp9 χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους 1 When they had appointed for them elders in every church “When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers”
ACT 14 23 nd87 παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς 1 they entrusted them Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers”
@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem t
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
ACT 15 5 b9nt τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses “to obey the law of Moses”
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
ACT 15 7 a6q9 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Here “mouth” refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ ACT 15 8 i1gc δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 giving them the
ACT 15 8 abcs figs-ellipsis καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν 1 just as also to us Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words he gave that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 15 9 zs2g οὐδὲν διέκρινεν 1 made no distinction God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 making their hearts clean by faith Gods forgiving the Gentile believers sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here “heart” stands for the persons inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 m
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here “my name” stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 15 19 f6za 0 Connecting Statement: James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: [Acts 15:2](../15/02.md) and [Acts 15:13](./13.md))
ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 we should not trouble those of the Gentiles You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles to become circumcised and obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ ACT 16 19 bws7 εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace “into th
ACT 16 19 hf82 ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them”
ACT 16 20 d2rg καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 1 When they had brought them to the magistrates “When they had brought them to the judges”
ACT 16 20 wa94 στρατηγοῖς 1 magistrates rulers, judges
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word “our” refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-exclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 These men are stirring up our city Here the word “our” refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice “to believe or to obey” or “to accept or to do”
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers.
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1771,12 +1771,12 @@ ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Her
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by mens hands Here “served” has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do mens hands take care of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by mens hands Here “hands” stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself “because he himself.” The word “himself” is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: “one couple”
ACT 17 26 js4p ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν 1 having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live”
ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him Here “search for God” represents desiring to know him, and “feel their way toward him and find him” represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him “Because of him”
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are Gods offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were Gods literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here “deity” refers to Gods nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “that God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ ACT 20 15 b6c6 translate-names Σάμον 1 island of Samos Samos is an island s
ACT 20 15 s7g2 translate-names Μίλητον 1 the city of Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 20 16 p272 translate-names κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 20 16 p61e figs-metaphor ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι 1 so that he would not spend any time This speaks about “time” as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ACT 20 17 nw52 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 20 17 v9al 0 Connecting Statement: Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
ACT 20 17 l9aj translate-names τῆς Μιλήτου 1 Miletus Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in [Acts 20:15](../20/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 20 18 b6li figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves Here “yourselves” is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ ROM 2 1 x3mi figs-apostrophe εἶ 1 you are Paul is writing here as if he were
ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word “person” here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve Gods punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself “But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do”
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 Gods judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of “Gods judgment” as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things “the people who do those wicked deeds”
ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this “So consider this” or “Therefore, consider this”
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law”
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying Gods commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law.
ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word “it” refers to
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here “the promise may rest on grace” represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did”
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here “of him whom he trusted” refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -313,33 +313,33 @@ ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ ε
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was “Now” is used here to connect Abrahams being made right by faith to present-day believers being made right by faith in Christs death and resurrection.
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only”
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-inclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adams original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God.
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here “hearts” represents a persons thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase “the love of God has been poured into our hearts” is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here “justified” means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to Gods punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “Gods punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “Gods Son…the life of Gods Son”
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 g
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. The word “righteousness” refers to Gods ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a persons faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here “died to sin” means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believers baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here “fruit” is a metaphor for a “result of ones actions” or “outcome of ones actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-inclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-exclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διω
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here “sword” is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here “your” is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory”
ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children o
ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant”
ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad”
ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen”
@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares Gods wonderful actions here to great “riches.” Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here “glory” refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here “called” means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israels unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here “he” refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out”
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has adva
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of “works of darkness” as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to “put aside” means to stop doing something. Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here “light” is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect ones self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people.
@ -950,9 +950,9 @@ ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everythi
ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here “lives for himself” means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means ones death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The “judgment seat” refers to Gods authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -988,13 +988,13 @@ ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here “strong” refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here “the weak” refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someones faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-inclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant”
@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe”
ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a womans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
103 ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
104 ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word “person” here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
105 ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself “But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do”
106 ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
107 ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of “God’s judgment” as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
108 ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things “the people who do those wicked deeds”
109 ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this “So consider this” or “Therefore, consider this”
263 ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
264 ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
265 ROM 3 31 y6qx νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 we uphold the law “we obey the law”
266 ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This pronoun refers to Paul, other believers, and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
267 ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
268 ROM 4 1 gw29 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms that even in the past believers were made right with God by faith and not by the law.
269 ROM 4 1 gwp3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 What then will we say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, found? Paul uses the question to catch the attention of the reader and to start talking about something new. Alternate translation: “This is what Abraham our physical ancestor found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
296 ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here “the promise may rest on grace” represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
298 ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did”
299 ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-inclusive figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
300 ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301 ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
302 ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here “of him whom he trusted” refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313 ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was “Now” is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
314 ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only”
315 ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
316 ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
317 ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318 ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
319 ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320 ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
321 ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
322 ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
323 ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
324 ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
325 ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God.
326 ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
327 ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
328 ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
329 ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
330 ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
331 ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
332 ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here “hearts” represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase “the love of God has been poured into our hearts” is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
333 ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
334 ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
335 ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
336 ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
337 ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
338 ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here “justified” means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
340 ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
341 ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
342 ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
343 ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son”
344 ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345 ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
374 ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
375 ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
376 ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. The word “righteousness” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
377 ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
378 ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
379 ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
380 ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
381 ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
382 ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here “died to sin” means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
384 ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
456 ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here “fruit” is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
457 ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
458 ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459 ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
460 ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
461 ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-explicit γράμματος 1 the letter This refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
462 ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul is introducing a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
595 ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here “sword” is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
596 ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
597 ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here “your” is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
598 ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-inclusive figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
599 ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
600 ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory”
601 ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
621 ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
622 ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
623 ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah You can translate this in an active form to express that God will give a son to Sarah. Alternate translation: “I will give Sarah a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
624 ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul refers to Isaac as “our father” because Isaac was the ancestor of Paul and of the Jewish believers in Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
625 ROM 9 10 icc1 κοίτην, ἔχουσα 1 had conceived “had become pregnant”
626 ROM 9 11 h16y μήπω γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 for the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad “before the children were born and before they had done anything, whether good or bad”
627 ROM 9 11 a1gz ἵνα ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ μένῃ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand “so that what God wants to happen according to His choice will happen”
656 ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
657 ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great “riches.” Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
658 ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here “glory” refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659 ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-inclusive figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
660 ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here “called” means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
661 ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
662 ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here “he” refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
668 ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
669 ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
670 ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
671 ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
672 ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
673 ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
674 ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
925 ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
926 ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of “works of darkness” as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to “put aside” means to stop doing something. Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927 ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here “light” is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
928 ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-inclusive figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
929 ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
930 ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
931 ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing with other people.
950 ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
951 ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
952 ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here “lives for himself” means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
953 ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
954 ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
955 ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
956 ROM 14 10 db9a figs-you τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
957 ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
958 ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The “judgment seat” refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
988 ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
989 ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
990 ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here “strong” refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
991 ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
992 ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here “the weak” refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
993 ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
994 ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
995 ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
996 ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
997 ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
998 ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999 ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
1000 ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant”
1054 ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
1055 ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe”
1056 ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1057 ROM 16 1 q86q figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1058 ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1059 ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1060 ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”

View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here “sanctified” refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
1CO 1 2 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 who are called to be saints This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has called to be holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word “name” here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-inclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word “ours” includes Pauls audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word “ours” includes Pauls audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 1 3 gc2b 0 General Information: Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
1CO 1 3 gc2c figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Pauls audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1CO 1 4 pt1r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes the believers position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 1 28 gj19 μὴ ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ ὄντα καταργήσῃ 1 nothing, to bring to nothing things that are held as valuable “nothing. He did this so he could show that the things that are held as valuable are really worthless”
1CO 1 28 f11p figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ ὄντα 1 things that are held as valuable This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that people think are worth money” or “things that people think are worth respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 1 30 fmr3 ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 because of him This refers to the work of Christ on the cross.
1CO 1 30 a7bs figs-inclusive ἡμῖν 1 us These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 1 30 a7bs figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 1 30 f1at figs-metonymy Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God Possible meanings are (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us Gods wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CO 1 31 fym9 ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord “If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is”
1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and Gods wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 2 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 For who knows a persons thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that persons spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 2 11 i47d τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 spirit of the person This refers to a persons inner being, his own spiritual nature.
1CO 2 11 gw3u figs-doublenegatives τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐδεὶς ἔγνωκεν, εἰ μὴ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Spirit of God knows the deep things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1CO 2 12 zbv8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 2 12 zbv8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 2 12 n1c7 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν 1 freely given to us by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God freely gave to us” or “that God has kindly given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 2 13 u797 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom The Holy Spirit communicates Gods truth to believers in the Spirits own words and gives them his own wisdom.
1CO 2 13 yg45 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom “The Spirit explains uses his own spiritual wisdom to explain spiritual words”
1CO 2 14 cve2 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 2 14 cve2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 2 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 unspiritual person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
1CO 2 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned “because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit”
1CO 2 15 w4q7 ὁ…πνευματικὸς 1 the one who is spiritual “The believer who has received the Spirit”
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 6 2 i67f figs-rquestion καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων? 1 If then, you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 6 3 h374 βιωτικά 1 matters of this life “stop arguments about things that have to do with this life”
1CO 6 3 us55 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν 1 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: “You know that we will judge the angels.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 6 3 v5r5 figs-inclusive κρινοῦμεν 1 we will judge Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 6 3 v5r5 figs-exclusive κρινοῦμεν 1 we will judge Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 6 3 x6h3 figs-rquestion μήτι γε βιωτικά? 1 How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 6 4 vw5t figs-rquestion βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question or (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 6 4 xn32 βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life “If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life” or “If you must settle matters that are important in this life”
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 7 17 iid2 οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσσομαι 1 I direct in this way in all the churches Paul was teaching believers in all the churches to act in this manner.
1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised? Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision? Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and “we” refer to all Christians and include Pauls audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and “we” refer to all Christians and include Pauls audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here “calling” refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of “you” and the command “be” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 7 40 hd7f μακαριωτέρα 1 happier more contented, more joyful
1CO 7 40 pse4 οὕτως μείνῃ 1 lives as she is “remains unmarried”
1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In Chapters 8-10, Paul answers the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Meat sacrificed to idols<br>Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol.
1CO 8 1 jf6h figs-inclusive 0 General Information: “We” means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 8 1 jf6h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ.
1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
1CO 8 1 g5t3 τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat, to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market.
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: “love strengthens people” or “when we love people, we strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 8 2 qbh9 δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι 1 thinks he knows something “believes he knows everything about something”
1CO 8 3 etd6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 8 4 v4gx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Pauls audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 8 4 v4gx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Pauls audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 8 4 y3ee figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. Being “nothing” represents having no power. Alternate translation: “We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 8 5 sl8j λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods “things that people call gods”
1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lords Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exodus<br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, dont eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers experiences with immorality and idolatry.
1CO 10 1 g34f figs-inclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 10 1 g34f figs-exclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 10 1 v4c6 διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον 1 passed through the sea This sea is known by two names, the Red Sea and the Sea of Reeds.
1CO 10 1 z5s9 διὰ…διῆλθον 1 passed through “walked through” or “traveled through”
1CO 10 2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 All were baptized into Moses “All followed and were committed to Moses”
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 10 10 nye7 γογγύζετε 1 grumble complaining
1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 10 11 u1mp ταῦτα…συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 these things happened to them “God punished our ancestors”
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-inclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 the end of the ages “the last days”
1CO 10 12 df2p μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall does not sin or reject God
1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 16 9 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα…ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 16 10 p6vb βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 see that he is with you unafraid “see that he has no cause to fear being with you”
1CO 16 11 f4mw μή τις…αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ 1 Let no one despise him Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-inclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1CO 16 13 ng8n figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 Stay alert Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. Possible meanings are (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
7 1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here “sanctified” refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
8 1CO 1 2 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 who are called to be saints This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has called to be holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9 1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word “name” here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10 1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-inclusive figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word “ours” includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “ours” includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
11 1CO 1 3 gc2b 0 General Information: Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
12 1CO 1 3 gc2c figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Paul’s audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13 1CO 1 4 pt1r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes the believer’s position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
74 1CO 1 28 gj19 μὴ ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ ὄντα καταργήσῃ 1 nothing, to bring to nothing things that are held as valuable “nothing. He did this so he could show that the things that are held as valuable are really worthless”
75 1CO 1 28 f11p figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ ὄντα 1 things that are held as valuable This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that people think are worth money” or “things that people think are worth respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
76 1CO 1 30 fmr3 ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 because of him This refers to the work of Christ on the cross.
77 1CO 1 30 a7bs figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
78 1CO 1 30 f1at figs-metonymy Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God Possible meanings are (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 1CO 1 31 fym9 ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord “If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is”
80 1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
97 1CO 2 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 For who knows a person’s thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that person’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
98 1CO 2 11 i47d τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 spirit of the person This refers to a person’s inner being, his own spiritual nature.
99 1CO 2 11 gw3u figs-doublenegatives τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐδεὶς ἔγνωκεν, εἰ μὴ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Spirit of God knows the deep things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
100 1CO 2 12 zbv8 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
101 1CO 2 12 n1c7 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν 1 freely given to us by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God freely gave to us” or “that God has kindly given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
102 1CO 2 13 u797 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom The Holy Spirit communicates God’s truth to believers in the Spirit’s own words and gives them his own wisdom.
103 1CO 2 13 yg45 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom “The Spirit explains uses his own spiritual wisdom to explain spiritual words”
104 1CO 2 14 cve2 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
105 1CO 2 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 unspiritual person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
106 1CO 2 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned “because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit”
107 1CO 2 15 w4q7 ὁ…πνευματικὸς 1 the one who is spiritual “The believer who has received the Spirit”
234 1CO 6 2 i67f figs-rquestion καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων? 1 If then, you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
235 1CO 6 3 h374 βιωτικά 1 matters of this life “stop arguments about things that have to do with this life”
236 1CO 6 3 us55 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν 1 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: “You know that we will judge the angels.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
237 1CO 6 3 v5r5 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive κρινοῦμεν 1 we will judge Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
238 1CO 6 3 x6h3 figs-rquestion μήτι γε βιωτικά? 1 How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
239 1CO 6 4 vw5t figs-rquestion βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question or (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
240 1CO 6 4 xn32 βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life “If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life” or “If you must settle matters that are important in this life”
323 1CO 7 17 iid2 οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσσομαι 1 I direct in this way in all the churches Paul was teaching believers in all the churches to act in this manner.
324 1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised? Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
325 1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision? Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
326 1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and “we” refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the words “us” and “we” refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
327 1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here “calling” refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
328 1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of “you” and the command “be” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
329 1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
360 1CO 7 40 hd7f μακαριωτέρα 1 happier more contented, more joyful
361 1CO 7 40 pse4 οὕτως μείνῃ 1 lives as she is “remains unmarried”
362 1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In Chapters 8-10, Paul answers the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Meat sacrificed to idols<br>Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol.
363 1CO 8 1 jf6h figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) “We” means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
364 1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ.
365 1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
366 1CO 8 1 g5t3 τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat, to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market.
369 1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: “love strengthens people” or “when we love people, we strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
370 1CO 8 2 qbh9 δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι 1 thinks he knows something “believes he knows everything about something”
371 1CO 8 3 etd6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
372 1CO 8 4 v4gx figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
373 1CO 8 4 y3ee figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. Being “nothing” represents having no power. Alternate translation: “We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
374 1CO 8 5 sl8j λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods “things that people call gods”
375 1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
443 1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
444 1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exodus<br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
445 1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers’ experiences with immorality and idolatry.
446 1CO 10 1 g34f figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
447 1CO 10 1 v4c6 διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον 1 passed through the sea This sea is known by two names, the Red Sea and the Sea of Reeds.
448 1CO 10 1 z5s9 διὰ…διῆλθον 1 passed through “walked through” or “traveled through”
449 1CO 10 2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 All were baptized into Moses “All followed and were committed to Moses”
462 1CO 10 10 nye7 γογγύζετε 1 grumble complaining
463 1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
464 1CO 10 11 u1mp ταῦτα…συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 these things happened to them “God punished our ancestors”
465 1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
466 1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 the end of the ages “the last days”
467 1CO 10 12 df2p μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall does not sin or reject God
468 1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
813 1CO 16 9 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα…ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
814 1CO 16 10 p6vb βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 see that he is with you unafraid “see that he has no cause to fear being with you”
815 1CO 16 11 f4mw μή τις…αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ 1 Let no one despise him Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
816 1CO 16 12 is6j figs-inclusive figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
817 1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
818 1CO 16 13 ng8n figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 Stay alert Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
819 1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. Possible meanings are (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that the words “mercies” and “all comfort” describe the character of “Father” and “God” or (2) that the words “Father” and “God” refer to one who is the source of “mercies” and “all comfort.”
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-inclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here “us” and “our” include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here “us” and “our” include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of Christs sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word “hearts” represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here “turns to” is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word “us” refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word “us” refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see Gods glory reflected on Moses face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding Gods glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory.” This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the glory of believers.
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 5 20 q9u9 Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ “those who speak for Christ”
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-inclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words “our” and “we” are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words “our” and “we” are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ is the one who never sinned”
2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this…the righteousness of God in Christ”
2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase “the righteousness of God” refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have Gods righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 15 rm3r translate-names Βελιάρ 1 Beliar This is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “A believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between the temple of God and idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like a temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like a temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words “dwell among” speak of living where others live, while the words “walk among” speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.” The word “this” refers to what Paul just said about not having wronged anyone.
2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CO 7 3 jt6b figs-inclusive εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν 1 for us to die “us” includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2CO 7 3 jt6b figs-exclusive εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν 1 for us to die “us” includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of joy as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 0 even in all our afflictions “despite all our hardships”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
10 2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
11 2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12 2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that the words “mercies” and “all comfort” describe the character of “Father” and “God” or (2) that the words “Father” and “God” refer to one who is the source of “mercies” and “all comfort.”
13 2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-inclusive figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here “us” and “our” include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “us” and “our” include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
14 2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of Christ’s sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15 2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
16 2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
146 2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word “hearts” represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here “turns to” is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148 2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
149 2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word “us” refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “us” refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
150 2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151 2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
152 2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory.” This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the glory of believers.
260 2CO 5 20 q9u9 Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ “those who speak for Christ”
261 2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
262 2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
263 2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words “our” and “we” are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the words “our” and “we” are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
264 2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ is the one who never sinned”
265 2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this…the righteousness of God in Christ”
266 2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase “the righteousness of God” refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304 2CO 6 15 rm3r translate-names Βελιάρ 1 Beliar This is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
305 2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “A believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
306 2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between the temple of God and idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
307 2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like a temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like a temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
308 2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words “dwell among” speak of living where others live, while the words “walk among” speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
309 2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
310 2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320 2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.” The word “this” refers to what Paul just said about not having wronged anyone.
321 2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322 2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
323 2CO 7 3 jt6b figs-inclusive figs-exclusive εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν 1 for us to die “us” includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) “us” includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
324 2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
325 2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of joy as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 0 even in all our afflictions “despite all our hardships”

View File

@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γ
GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come “because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come”
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα…λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-inclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word “we” includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word “we” includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms “as a person” or “of things most people understand”
GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added This can be s
GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator “a representative”
GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Pauls readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun “life” can be translated with the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law “we could have become righteous by obeying that law”
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ GAL 4 1 fr5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the Galatian bel
GAL 4 1 n5yb οὐδὲν διαφέρει 1 no different from “the same as”
GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility for children
GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 trustees people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to all Christians, including Pauls readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to all Christians, including Pauls readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here “children” is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here “enslaved” is a metaphor being unable to stop ones self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” or “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν…ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligat
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here “cut off” is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: “all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit “This is because through the Spirit”
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς…ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness “we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
120 GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
121 GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come “because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come”
122 GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα…λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
123 GAL 3 14 h46q figs-inclusive figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word “we” includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “we” includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
124 GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
125 GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms “as a person” or “of things most people understand”
126 GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
135 GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
136 GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator “a representative”
137 GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul’s readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
138 GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
139 GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
140 GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun “life” can be translated with the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
141 GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law “we could have become righteous by obeying that law”
157 GAL 4 1 n5yb οὐδὲν διαφέρει 1 no different from “the same as”
158 GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility for children
159 GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 trustees people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
160 GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “we” here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
161 GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here “children” is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
162 GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here “enslaved” is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” or “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163 GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
225 GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here “cut off” is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
226 GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: “all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
227 GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228 GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “we” refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
229 GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit “This is because through the Spirit”
230 GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
231 GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς…ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness “we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it”

View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer o
EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 Paul, an apostle…to the saints who are in Ephesus Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle … write this letter to you, Gods holy people in Ephesus”
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate Translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers position and their safety before God.
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us “for God has blessed us”
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings her
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it is clearer in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-inclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 he predestined us for adoption The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-exclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 he predestined us for adoption The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 5 pq1x προορίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he predestined us “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-metaphor εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 for adoption Here, **adoption** is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of Gods family. Alternate translation: “to become his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰ
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christs death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 14 abcv grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ himself joined them to the Jewish believers. The result is that the Ephesian Gentile believers were brought near to God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he himself is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace”
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-exclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 who has made the two one “who made the Jews and Gentiles one”
EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 in his flesh The words **his flesh,** his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “by the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 14 d7uf figs-metaphor τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ…τὴν ἔχθραν 1 the middle wall of partition, the hostility The hostility between the Jews and Gentiles is compared to a wall. Alternate translation: “the hostility that was like a wall that separated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ EPH 2 17 vhi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Ephesians that Gentile be
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace “announced the gospel of peace” or “declared the gospel of peace”
EPH 2 17 wdu8 figs-metaphor ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν 1 you who were far away Paul pictures the Gentiles (non-Jews), who were not part of Gods people, as though they were physically distant from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 17 a58n figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐγγύς 1 those who were near Paul pictures the Jews, who were Gods people by birth, as though they were physically close to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-inclusive ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι 1 for through him we both have access Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-exclusive ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι 1 for through him we both have access Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 2 18 abcu grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 for The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that he himself is the one who enabled both Jew and Gentile to come to the Father. The result is that Christ proclaimed peace to both the Jews and the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 2 18 kt1m ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 in one Spirit All believers, both Jewish and Gentile, are enabled to enter into the presence of God the Father by the same Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the same Spirit”
EPH 2 19 abcy grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 So then The connecting phrase **So then** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ gave them access to God through the Spirit. The result is that the Ephesian believers are no longer separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ EPH 3 19 ab4z figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν τὸ π
EPH 3 19 cd4z figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῆτε 1 so that you may be filled This can be stated actively. Alternate translation: “so that God can fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 19 ef4z figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 with all the fullness of God **Fullness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “with everything that God is full of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 3 19 abd9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 3 20 m7gi 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 Now to him who “Now to God, who”
EPH 3 20 zxt3 ποιῆσαι ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν 1 to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
5 EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 Paul, an apostle…to the saints who are in Ephesus Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle … write this letter to you, God’s holy people in Ephesus”
6 EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate Translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7 EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
8 EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9 EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
10 EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11 EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us “for God has blessed us”
15 EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses these two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. If your language does not have two similar words, you can use one word for both, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
16 EPH 1 4 ab01 figs-doublenegatives ἀμώμους 1 blameless The word **blameless** contains two negative ideas: “blame” or “fault,” and “-less,” which means “without.” If it is clearer in your language, the two negative ideas can be replaced with the corresponding positive idea, “perfect.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
17 EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
18 EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-inclusive figs-exclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 he predestined us for adoption The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word **us** refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
19 EPH 1 5 pq1x προορίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he predestined us “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
20 EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-metaphor εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 for adoption Here, **adoption** is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of God’s family. Alternate translation: “to become his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21 EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
123 EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124 EPH 2 14 abcv grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ himself joined them to the Jewish believers. The result is that the Ephesian Gentile believers were brought near to God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
125 EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς…ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he himself is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace”
126 EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word **our** refers to Paul and his readers and so, it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
127 EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 who has made the two one “who made the Jews and Gentiles one”
128 EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 in his flesh The words **his flesh,** his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “by the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
129 EPH 2 14 d7uf figs-metaphor τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ…τὴν ἔχθραν 1 the middle wall of partition, the hostility The hostility between the Jews and Gentiles is compared to a wall. Alternate translation: “the hostility that was like a wall that separated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
139 EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace “announced the gospel of peace” or “declared the gospel of peace”
140 EPH 2 17 wdu8 figs-metaphor ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν 1 you who were far away Paul pictures the Gentiles (non-Jews), who were not part of God’s people, as though they were physically distant from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
141 EPH 2 17 a58n figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐγγύς 1 those who were near Paul pictures the Jews, who were God’s people by birth, as though they were physically close to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν, οἱ ἀμφότεροι 1 for through him we both have access Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here, **we both** refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
143 EPH 2 18 abcu grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 for The connecting word **for** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that he himself is the one who enabled both Jew and Gentile to come to the Father. The result is that Christ proclaimed peace to both the Jews and the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
144 EPH 2 18 kt1m ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 in one Spirit All believers, both Jewish and Gentile, are enabled to enter into the presence of God the Father by the same Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by means of the same Spirit”
145 EPH 2 19 abcy grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα οὖν 1 So then The connecting phrase **So then** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ gave them access to God through the Spirit. The result is that the Ephesian believers are no longer separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
205 EPH 3 19 cd4z figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῆτε 1 so that you may be filled This can be stated actively. Alternate translation: “so that God can fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206 EPH 3 19 ef4z figs-abstractnouns εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 with all the fullness of God **Fullness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “with everything that God is full of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
207 EPH 3 19 abd9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the Ephesian believers would know the love of Christ. The result is that they would be filled with the fulness of God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
208 EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The words “we” and “us” in this book continue to include Paul and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
209 EPH 3 20 m7gi 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
210 EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 Now to him who “Now to God, who”
211 EPH 3 20 zxt3 ποιῆσαι ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν 1 to do exceedingly abundantly above all that we ask or think “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than anything that we ask him for or think about”

View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Pauls report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Pauls Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey Gods commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
PHP 1 1 na5j πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 all those set apart in Christ Jesus This refers to those whom God chose to belong to him by being united to Christ. Alternate translation: “all Gods people in Christ Jesus” or “all those who belong to God because they are united with Christ”
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Watch out for “Beware of” or “Look out for
PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs…those evil workers…those who mutilate the flesh These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 dogs The word “dogs” was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν 1 For it is we who are Paul uses “we” to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν 1 For it is we who are Paul uses “we” to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: “the truly circumcised ones” or “truly Gods people”
PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh “do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God”
PHP 3 4 e346 figs-hypo καίπερ 1 Even so “Although if I wanted to.” Paul is introducing a hypothetical situation that could not possibly exist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ PHP 3 14 z39s figs-metaphor κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω εἰς τὸ β
PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως 1 the upward calling Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend (1) to heaven as Jesus did or (2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 15 de4y ὅσοι…τέλειοι, τοῦτο φρονῶμεν 1 All of us who are mature, let us think this way Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: “I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way”
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you “God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses “we” to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-exclusive εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses “we” to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Be imitators of me “Do what I do” or “Live as I live”
PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
PHP 3 17 h4tv τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς 1 those who are walking by the example that you have in us “those who already are living as I live” or “those who already are doing what I do”
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ PHP 3 19 v8gv ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 Their end is destruction
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 their god is their stomach Here “stomach” refers to a persons desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their god means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their pride is in their shame Here “shame” stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here “earthly” refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-inclusive 0 General Information: By Pauls use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-exclusive 0 General Information: By Pauls use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
4 PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5 PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
6 PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
7 PHP 1 1 na5j πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 all those set apart in Christ Jesus This refers to those whom God chose to belong to him by being united to Christ. Alternate translation: “all God’s people in Christ Jesus” or “all those who belong to God because they are united with Christ”
139 PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs…those evil workers…those who mutilate the flesh These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
140 PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 dogs The word “dogs” was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
141 PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
142 PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν 1 For it is we who are Paul uses “we” to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul uses “we” to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
143 PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: “the truly circumcised ones” or “truly God’s people”
144 PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh “do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God”
145 PHP 3 4 e346 figs-hypo καίπερ 1 Even so “Although if I wanted to.” Paul is introducing a hypothetical situation that could not possibly exist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
179 PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως 1 the upward calling Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend (1) to heaven as Jesus did or (2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 PHP 3 15 de4y ὅσοι…τέλειοι, τοῦτο φρονῶμεν 1 All of us who are mature, let us think this way Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: “I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way”
181 PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you “God will also make it clear to you” or “God will make sure you know it”
182 PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive εἰς ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses “we” to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul uses “we” to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: “let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
183 PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Be imitators of me “Do what I do” or “Live as I live”
184 PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
185 PHP 3 17 h4tv τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς 1 those who are walking by the example that you have in us “those who already are living as I live” or “those who already are doing what I do”
193 PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 their god is their stomach Here “stomach” refers to a person’s desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their god means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194 PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their pride is in their shame Here “shame” stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
195 PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here “earthly” refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
196 PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
197 PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
198 PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
199 PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-exclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers service and reward.
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 10 k71n ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ 1 very hard “fervently”
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word “face” refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: “visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “our” does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-inclusive ὁ Θεὸς…Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 May our God…our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ὁ Θεὸς…Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 May our God…our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς…ἡμῶν 1 May our God “We pray that our God”
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word “our” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified “told you beforehand and strongly warned against”
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God called us to cleanness and holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this “whoever disregards this teaching” or “whoever ignores this teaching”
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love “love for fellow believers”
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest “because we do not want you grieve like the rest”
1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope “like people who do not confidence in the future promise.” It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: “like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here “we” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here “we” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again “rose to live again”
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here “fallen asleep” is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend “the Lord himself will come down”
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 the archangel “the chief angel”
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The “dead in Christ” are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: “those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirits guidance and work.
@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: “For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: “let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-inclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-exclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 keep watch and be sober Paul describes spiritual awareness as the opposite of sleep and drunkenness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who get drunk do so at night Paul is stating that it is at night when people become drunk, so when people are unaware of Christs return they do not live a self-controlled life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 zj9r figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In verses 8-10 the word “we” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 5 8 zj9r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In verses 8-10 the word “we” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: “we know the truth” or “we have received the light of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-metaphor νήφωμεν 1 we must stay sober Paul compares being sober to exercising self-control. Alternate translation: “let us exercise self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves with faith and love” or “protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
29 1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
30 1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
31 1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
32 1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
33 1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
34 1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers’ service and reward.
35 1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
104 1TH 3 10 k71n ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ 1 very hard “fervently”
105 1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word “face” refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: “visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
106 1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “our” does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
107 1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ὁ Θεὸς…Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 May our God…our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
108 1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς…ἡμῶν 1 May our God “We pray that our God”
109 1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
110 1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word “our” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
127 1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128 1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified “told you beforehand and strongly warned against”
129 1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God called us to cleanness and holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
130 1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
131 1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this “whoever disregards this teaching” or “whoever ignores this teaching”
132 1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
133 1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love “love for fellow believers”
147 1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest “because we do not want you grieve like the rest”
148 1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
149 1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope “like people who do not confidence in the future promise.” It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: “like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
150 1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here “we” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “we” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
151 1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again “rose to live again”
152 1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here “fallen asleep” is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
153 1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
155 1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend “the Lord himself will come down”
156 1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 the archangel “the chief angel”
157 1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The “dead in Christ” are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: “those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
158 1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
159 1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
160 1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
161 1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
174 1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: “For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
175 1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176 1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: “let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
178 1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 keep watch and be sober Paul describes spiritual awareness as the opposite of sleep and drunkenness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179 1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who get drunk do so at night Paul is stating that it is at night when people become drunk, so when people are unaware of Christ’s return they do not live a self-controlled life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181 1TH 5 8 zj9r figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In verses 8-10 the word “we” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) In verses 8-10 the word “we” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
182 1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: “we know the truth” or “we have received the light of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-metaphor νήφωμεν 1 we must stay sober Paul compares being sober to exercising self-control. Alternate translation: “let us exercise self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
184 1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves with faith and love” or “protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter “By word” here is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 may our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words “our” and “us” refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 may our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words “our” and “us” refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act”
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “We lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day “we worked during the night and during the day.” Here “night” and “day” are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “we worked all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
73 2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter “By word” here is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
75 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
76 2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 may our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words “our” and “us” refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The words “our” and “us” refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
77 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
78 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
93 2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
94 2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
95 2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
96 2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
97 2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act”
98 2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “We lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
99 2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day “we worked during the night and during the day.” Here “night” and “day” are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “we worked all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

View File

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not…either…or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
1TI 1 8 t134 figs-inclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TI 1 8 t134 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 knowing this Alternate translation: “we also know this”
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
1TI 4 10 l2yl grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 1 for unto this The term **this** refers to “godliness,” which Paul mentions in the previous two verses. Paul is giving a reason why Timothy should believe the saying about the value of godliness. He and his other fellow workers are striving very hard to become godly, so it must be valuable. Alternate translation: “after all, it is for godliness that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle The terms **toil** and **struggle** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which he and his fellow workers are serving God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “we work so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 4 10 t320 figs-inclusive κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle This could be the one place where **we** does not include the addressee. Paul has just told Timothy to make godliness his priority rather than physical exercise, and he may be offering himself and his other fellow workers as an example of that for Timothy to follow. So if your language makes that distinction, you may wish to use the exclusive form in this phrase. However, **we** in the next phrase would include Timothy, since Paul is encouraging Timothy to join him and his fellow workers in making godliness his priority as someone who, like them, has hoped in the living God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TI 4 10 t320 figs-exclusive κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle This could be the one place where **we** does not include the addressee. Paul has just told Timothy to make godliness his priority rather than physical exercise, and he may be offering himself and his other fellow workers as an example of that for Timothy to follow. So if your language makes that distinction, you may wish to use the exclusive form in this phrase. However, **we** in the next phrase would include Timothy, since Paul is encouraging Timothy to join him and his fellow workers in making godliness his priority as someone who, like them, has hoped in the living God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1TI 4 10 qmj6 figs-idiom Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 the living God See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
37 1TI 1 7 t131 figs-doublenegatives μὴ…μήτε…μήτε 1 not…either…or Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
38 1TI 1 7 t132 figs-parallelism ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
39 1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good Alternate translations: “we understand that the law is useful” or “we understand that the law is beneficial”
40 1TI 1 8 t134 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41 1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
42 1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 knowing this Alternate translation: “we also know this”
43 1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
234 1TI 4 9 hc1t καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 and worthy of all acceptance See how you translated this in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
235 1TI 4 10 l2yl grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 1 for unto this The term **this** refers to “godliness,” which Paul mentions in the previous two verses. Paul is giving a reason why Timothy should believe the saying about the value of godliness. He and his other fellow workers are striving very hard to become godly, so it must be valuable. Alternate translation: “after all, it is for godliness that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
236 1TI 4 10 c9db figs-doublet κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle The terms **toil** and **struggle** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize the intensity with which he and his fellow workers are serving God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “we work so hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
237 1TI 4 10 t320 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive κοπιῶμεν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμεθα 1 we toil and struggle This could be the one place where **we** does not include the addressee. Paul has just told Timothy to make godliness his priority rather than physical exercise, and he may be offering himself and his other fellow workers as an example of that for Timothy to follow. So if your language makes that distinction, you may wish to use the exclusive form in this phrase. However, **we** in the next phrase would include Timothy, since Paul is encouraging Timothy to join him and his fellow workers in making godliness his priority as someone who, like them, has hoped in the living God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This could be the one place where **we** does not include the addressee. Paul has just told Timothy to make godliness his priority rather than physical exercise, and he may be offering himself and his other fellow workers as an example of that for Timothy to follow. So if your language makes that distinction, you may wish to use the exclusive form in this phrase. However, **we** in the next phrase would include Timothy, since Paul is encouraging Timothy to join him and his fellow workers in making godliness his priority as someone who, like them, has hoped in the living God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
238 1TI 4 10 qmj6 figs-idiom Θεῷ ζῶντι 1 the living God See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translations: “the God who is genuinely alive” or “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
239 1TI 4 10 t322 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
240 1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”

View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Pauls blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father and This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Pauls family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2TI 1 3 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
12 2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13 2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father and This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
15 2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16 2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
17 2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18 2TI 1 3 ha9d figs-metaphor ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει 1 with a clean conscience Paul speaks of his conscience as if it could be physically clean. A person with a **clean conscience** does not feel guilty because he has always tried to do what was right. Alternate translation: “knowing I have tried my hardest to do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτο
TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 by the proclamation “through the proclamation of the message”
TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 that I was entrusted with This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior “of God, who saves us”
TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Pauls biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul and Titus both share the same faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “because we both believe in Christ”
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete “I told you to stay in Crete”
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself “show
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 uncorrupted…sound This word has the same basic meaning as **uncorrupted** in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: **uncorrupted**, meaning, **without error**, and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound, whole**, meaning **correct**. Both terms refer to Tituss teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only **slaves to be subject to their masters**. We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is **urge** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters “their own masters”
TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject “must obey”
@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθ
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way “in everything they do”
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 training us Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 2 12 abce figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 godlessness “things that dishonor God”
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τ
TIT 2 13 abcf figs-hendiadys τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 1 the blessed hope and appearing of the glory Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 zealous for “who are eager to do”
TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things”
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile “to speak evil of”
TIT 3 2 abc8 figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to avoid quarreling This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also “This is because we ourselves were once”
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable “causing others to hate us”
TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of Gods kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared The abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 3 4 abch figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 4 abch figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy “because he had mercy on us”
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 the washing of new birth Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of Gods forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-inclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 Diligently send on their
TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
TIT 3 14 v7wg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-inclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-exclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 toward essential needs “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singularthis is a personal greeting to Titus.
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “all of the believers who are here with me”
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” or (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May Gods grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
12 TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 by the proclamation “through the proclamation of the message”
13 TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 that I was entrusted with This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he entrusted to me” or “he gave me the responsibility to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14 TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior “of God, who saves us”
15 TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
16 TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17 TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul and Titus both share the same faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “because we both believe in Christ”
18 TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19 TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Savior “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
20 TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
21 TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 For this purpose The connecting phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Alternate translation: “This is the reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
22 TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 I left you in Crete “I told you to stay in Crete”
23 TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 that you might set in order things not yet complete “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
95 TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 as an example of good works “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
96 TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 uncorrupted…sound This word has the same basic meaning as **uncorrupted** in 2:7. In 2:7, Paul states the meaning negatively: **uncorrupted**, meaning, **without error**, and in 2:8 he states the meaning positively: **sound, whole**, meaning **correct**. Both terms refer to Titus’s teaching. Use either positive or negative terms in the target language, or use one term with this meaning in both places if it is difficult to use two terms.
97 TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
98 TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
99 TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Slaves are to be subject to their masters The Greek does not have **are**, but only **slaves to be subject to their masters**. We need to apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is **urge** or **exhort**. Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
100 TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters “their own masters”
101 TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 are to be subject “must obey”
106 TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way “in everything they do”
107 TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
108 TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
109 TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
110 TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus’ coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
111 TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112 TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 training us Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
113 TIT 2 12 abce figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
114 TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 godlessness “things that dishonor God”
115 TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 worldly passions “strong desires for the things of this world” or “strong desires for sinful pleasures”
116 TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
121 TIT 2 13 abcf figs-hendiadys τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 1 the blessed hope and appearing of the glory Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
122 TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
123 TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
124 TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
125 TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126 TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
127 TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
128 TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 zealous for “who are eager to do”
129 TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 exhort “encourage them to do these things”
142 TIT 3 2 abc8 figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to avoid quarreling This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
143 TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we also “This is because we ourselves were once”
144 TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
145 TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) “even we” or “we ourselves” This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
146 TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 were foolish “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
147 TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
148 TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
152 TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But It is important to mark the contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1-3) and the goodness of God (verses 4-7) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
153 TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
154 TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared The abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
155 TIT 3 4 abch figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
156 TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy “because he had mercy on us”
157 TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 the washing of new birth Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158 TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
159 TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
160 TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
161 TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
162 TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163 TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs according to the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164 TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This message is the one just expressed in verses 4-7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
187 TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
188 TIT 3 14 v7wg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
189 TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
190 TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 our own Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
191 TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 toward essential needs “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
192 TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
195 TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 greet you Here, **you** is singular–this is a personal greeting to Titus.
196 TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 All those who are with me “All the people who are with me” or “all of the believers who are here with me”
197 TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are: (1) “the believers who love us” or (2) “the believers who love us because we share the same belief”.
198 TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
199 TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
200 TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.

View File

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ, τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Apphia our sis
PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Archippus This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: “our fellow spiritual warrior” or “who also fights the spiritual battle with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHM 1 3 r4nq χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” This is a blessing.
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-inclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “our” here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-exclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “our” here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 6 t54l ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 the fellowship of your faith “your working together with us”
PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 be effective for the knowledge of everything good “result in knowing what is good”
PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ “because of Christ”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
11 PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Archippus This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12 PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: “our fellow spiritual warrior” or “who also fights the spiritual battle with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13 PHM 1 3 r4nq χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” This is a blessing.
14 PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “our” here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “our” here refers to Paul, those with him, and the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
15 PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
16 PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” is plural and refers to Paul, those with him, and all Christians, including the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
17 PHM 1 6 t54l ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 the fellowship of your faith “your working together with us”
18 PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 be effective for the knowledge of everything good “result in knowing what is good”
19 PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ “because of Christ”

View File

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουρ
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-inclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in Gods word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying Gods words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
@ -143,14 +143,14 @@ HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as l
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “deceitfulness” is expressed as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-inclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here “we” refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here “we” refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 3 14 e753 ἐάνπερ…τῆς ὑποστάσεως…βεβαίαν κατάσχωμεν 1 if we firmly hold to our confidence in him “if we continue to confidently trust in him”
HEB 3 14 j3aq τὴν ἀρχὴν 1 from the beginning “from when we first begin to believe in him”
HEB 3 14 l9en figs-euphemism μέχρι τέλους 1 to the end This is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: “until we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
HEB 3 15 bym1 figs-activepassive λέγεσθαι 1 it has been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice Gods “voice” represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 3 16 pwl2 figs-rquestion τίνες γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν? ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μωϋσέως? 1 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HEB 3 17 aha2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ HEB 7 14 t3dm γὰρ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is use
HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words “our Lord” refer to Jesus.
HEB 7 14 ln94 ἐξ Ἰούδα 1 from Judah “from the tribe of Judah”
HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King David.
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-inclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here “we” refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here “we” refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises “if another priest comes”
HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 It was not based on the law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
HEB 8 1 nb8q 0 Connecting Statement: The writer, having shown that Christs priesthood is better than the earthly priesthood, shows that the earthly priesthood was a pattern of heavenly things. Christ has a superior ministry, a superior covenant.
HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, the word “we” is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-inclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here “true tabernacle” means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησ
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here “blood” stands for Christs death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood by which he was sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace “the Spirit of God, who provides grace”
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving Gods full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into Gods hands. Here “hands” refers to Gods power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive Gods full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέν
HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise This expression stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Discipline<br><br>God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example.
HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us” or “there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here “witnesses” refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been mad
HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abels blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here “blood” stands for Jesus death, as Abels blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word “you” continues to refer to believers. The word “we” continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word “you” continues to refer to believers. The word “we” continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites experience at Mount Sinai with the believers experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ HEB 13 20 k6n6 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who hav
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here “blood” stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good to do his will “give you every good thing you need in order to do his will “make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will”
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-inclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word “us” refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word “us” refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever “whom all people will praise forever”
HEB 13 22 wa9r δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience.
HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to all the believers to whom he is writing whether male or female. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
49 HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50 HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
51 HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
52 HEB 2 1 c72f figs-inclusive figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
53 HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54 HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
55 HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
143 HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
144 HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “deceitfulness” is expressed as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145 HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
146 HEB 3 14 f52j figs-inclusive figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here “we” refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “we” refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
147 HEB 3 14 e753 ἐάνπερ…τῆς ὑποστάσεως…βεβαίαν κατάσχωμεν 1 if we firmly hold to our confidence in him “if we continue to confidently trust in him”
148 HEB 3 14 j3aq τὴν ἀρχὴν 1 from the beginning “from when we first begin to believe in him”
149 HEB 3 14 l9en figs-euphemism μέχρι τέλους 1 to the end This is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: “until we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
150 HEB 3 15 bym1 figs-activepassive λέγεσθαι 1 it has been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
151 HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s “voice” represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
152 HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
153 HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “they” refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
154 HEB 3 16 pwl2 figs-rquestion τίνες γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν? ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μωϋσέως? 1 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
155 HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
156 HEB 3 17 aha2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
324 HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words “our Lord” refer to Jesus.
325 HEB 7 14 ln94 ἐξ Ἰούδα 1 from Judah “from the tribe of Judah”
326 HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King David.
327 HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-inclusive figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here “we” refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) “We can understand even more clearly.” Here “we” refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
328 HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises “if another priest comes”
329 HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
330 HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 It was not based on the law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
353 HEB 8 1 nb8q 0 Connecting Statement: The writer, having shown that Christ’s priesthood is better than the earthly priesthood, shows that the earthly priesthood was a pattern of heavenly things. Christ has a superior ministry, a superior covenant.
354 HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
355 HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, the word “we” is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
356 HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The author is including the readers here, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
357 HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
358 HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here “true tabernacle” means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
359 HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
546 HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here “blood” stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
547 HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood by which he was sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
548 HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace “the Spirit of God, who provides grace”
549 HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “we” here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
550 HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
551 HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552 HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God’s hands. Here “hands” refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive God’s full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
675 HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise This expression stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
676 HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
677 HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Discipline<br><br>God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])
678 HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
679 HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example.
680 HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us” or “there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
681 HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here “witnesses” refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
743 HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
744 HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
745 HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here “blood” stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
746 HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word “you” continues to refer to believers. The word “we” continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word “you” continues to refer to believers. The word “we” continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
747 HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
748 HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
749 HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
814 HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
815 HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here “blood” stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
816 HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good to do his will “give you every good thing you need in order to do his will “make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will”
817 HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word “us” refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “us” refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
818 HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever “whom all people will praise forever”
819 HEB 13 22 wa9r δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience.
820 HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to all the believers to whom he is writing whether male or female. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

View File

@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ JAS 2 intro f5zd 0 # James 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this ch
JAS 2 1 ici9 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers.
JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ”
JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others
JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person”
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ JAS 3 1 p4uu figs-genericnoun μὴ πολλοὶ 1 Not many of you James is mak
JAS 3 1 c36b ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers”
JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα. 1 we who teach will be judged more strictly This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: “God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 3 1 v7fa figs-exclusive 1 we who teach James includes himself and other teachers, but not the readers, so the word “we” is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-exclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πταίομεν 1 stumble Sinning is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. Alternate translation: “fail” or “sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 2 t6xt ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 does not stumble in words “does not sin by saying wrong things”
JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man “he is spiritually mature”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
83 JAS 2 1 ici9 0 Connecting Statement: James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers.
84 JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ”
85 JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
87 JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others
88 JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
89 JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person”
163 JAS 3 1 c36b ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers “my fellow believers”
164 JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα. 1 we who teach will be judged more strictly This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: “God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
165 JAS 3 1 v7fa figs-exclusive 1 we who teach James includes himself and other teachers, but not the readers, so the word “we” is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
166 JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-inclusive figs-exclusive πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) James speaks of himself, other teachers, and the readers, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
167 JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πταίομεν 1 stumble Sinning is spoken of as if it were stumbling while walking. Alternate translation: “fail” or “sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168 JAS 3 2 t6xt ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 does not stumble in words “does not sin by saying wrong things”
169 JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man “he is spiritually mature”

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here “the blood” refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ…has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ…has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: “We confidently expect to receive an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
10 1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here “the blood” refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11 1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12 1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
13 1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ…has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
14 1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
15 1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: “We confidently expect to receive an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
16 1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here “godliness” describes the word “life.” Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-inclusive τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 who called us Here the word “us” refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-exclusive τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 who called us Here the word “us” refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 Through these Here “these” refers to “his own glory and virtue.”
2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε…κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers “you might share”
2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας…φύσεως 1 the divine nature what God is like
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word “we” refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: “For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν…δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or (2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ…ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using Gods name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word “We,” Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 we were with him “we were with Jesus”
2PE 1 19 km3l 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
2PE 1 19 h498 figs-explicit καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 For we have this prophetic word made more sure The things that Peter and the other apostles saw, which he described in the previous verses, confirm what the prophets spoke. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For the things that we saw make this prophetic message more sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-inclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word “we” refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word “we” refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this prophetic word made This refers to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the scriptures, which the prophets spoke, made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 1 19 sjd3 ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 you do well to pay attention to it Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christs coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
11 2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12 2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
13 2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here “godliness” describes the word “life.” Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
14 2PE 1 3 an3z figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 who called us Here the word “us” refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “us” refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
15 2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 Through these Here “these” refers to “his own glory and virtue.”
16 2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε…κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers “you might share”
17 2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας…φύσεως 1 the divine nature what God is like
40 2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word “we” refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: “For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41 2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν…δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
42 2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or (2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
43 2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44 2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ…ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
45 2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
46 2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word “We,” Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
48 2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 we were with him “we were with Jesus”
49 2PE 1 19 km3l 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
50 2PE 1 19 h498 figs-explicit καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 For we have this prophetic word made more sure The things that Peter and the other apostles saw, which he described in the previous verses, confirm what the prophets spoke. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For the things that we saw make this prophetic message more sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
51 2PE 1 19 z3na figs-inclusive figs-exclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word “we” refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the word “we” refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
52 2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this prophetic word made This refers to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the scriptures, which the prophets spoke, made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
53 2PE 1 19 sjd3 ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 you do well to pay attention to it Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
54 2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ’s coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς…Υἱοῦ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 1 4 xn9d ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy will be complete “to make our joy complete” or “to make ourselves completely happy”
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 1 5 kz3i 0 Connecting Statement: From here into the next chapter, John writes about fellowship—close relationships with God and other believers.
1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1 God is light This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is purely righteous like pure light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: “in him there is nothing that is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: “it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Obeying and honoring Gods word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: “we do not understand Gods word nor obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called “antichrists.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.<br><br>Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and Gods word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying Gods word.<br><br>Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.<br><br>The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.<br><br>Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 1 u65h figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and all believers. The words “him” and “his” could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1JN 2 1 u65h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and all believers. The words “him” and “his” could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1JN 2 1 w9ji 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to write about fellowship and shows that it is possible because Jesus goes between believers and the Father.
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: “My dear children in Christ” or “You who are as dear to me as my own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things “I am writing this letter”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
18 1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ κοινωνία…ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
19 1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς…Υἱοῦ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
20 1JN 1 4 xn9d ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy will be complete “to make our joy complete” or “to make ourselves completely happy”
21 1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the words “we” and “us” refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
22 1JN 1 5 kz3i 0 Connecting Statement: From here into the next chapter, John writes about fellowship—close relationships with God and other believers.
23 1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1 God is light This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is purely righteous like pure light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24 1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: “in him there is nothing that is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: “it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35 1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Obeying and honoring God’s word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: “we do not understand God’s word nor obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
36 1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called “antichrists.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.<br><br>Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and God’s word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying God’s word.<br><br>Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.<br><br>The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.<br><br>Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37 1JN 2 1 u65h figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and all believers. The words “him” and “his” could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and all believers. The words “him” and “his” could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
38 1JN 2 1 w9ji 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to write about fellowship and shows that it is possible because Jesus goes between believers and the Father.
39 1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: “My dear children in Christ” or “You who are as dear to me as my own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40 1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things “I am writing this letter”

View File

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for Johns love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-inclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us…us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us…us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2JN 1 2 a7rm figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
9 2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10 2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11 2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12 2JN 1 2 et6b figs-inclusive figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us…us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13 2JN 1 2 a7rm figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14 2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15 2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.

View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the wri
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude, a servant of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you “may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you.” These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns “mercy,” “peace,” and “love.” Alternate translation: “May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation “the salvation we share”
JUD 1 3 si1u ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 I had to write “I felt a great need to write” or “I felt an urgent need to write”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude, a servant of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
6 JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you “may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you.” These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns “mercy,” “peace,” and “love.” Alternate translation: “May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7 JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-inclusive figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8 JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
9 JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation “the salvation we share”
10 JUD 1 3 si1u ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 I had to write “I felt a great need to write” or “I felt an urgent need to write”

View File

@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι
REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures “the four living beings” or “the four living things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the “voice” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-inclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here “our” refers to the speaker and all Gods servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here “our” refers to the speaker and all Gods servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here “fear” does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 both the small and the great The speaker uses these words together to mean all of Gods people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
880 REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures “the four living beings” or “the four living things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
881 REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
882 REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the “voice” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
883 REV 19 5 c3lm figs-inclusive figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here “our” refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) Here “our” refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
884 REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here “fear” does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
885 REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 both the small and the great The speaker uses these words together to mean all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
886 REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])